1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type
;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno
;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab
*got_entries
;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
150 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count
;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count
;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count
;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
192 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
209 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx
;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type
;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
403 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
474 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
491 bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
501 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
506 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
714 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
715 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
717 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
718 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
719 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
720 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
721 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
722 0x00000000, /* nop */
723 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
727 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
728 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
729 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
730 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
731 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
732 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
733 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
734 0x00000000, /* nop */
735 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
739 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
740 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
741 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
742 0x00000000, /* nop */
743 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
744 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 0x00000000, /* nop */
749 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
750 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
751 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
752 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
755 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
757 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
758 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
759 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
762 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
764 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
765 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
767 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
770 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
772 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
773 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
775 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
776 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
778 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
779 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
782 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
784 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
785 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
787 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
791 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
793 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
794 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
796 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
799 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
801 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
802 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
803 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
806 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
808 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
811 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
813 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
815 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
816 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
817 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
821 /* Set local fields. */
822 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
823 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
824 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
826 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
827 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
828 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
831 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
832 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
833 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
834 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
835 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
836 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
839 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
843 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
845 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
847 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
848 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
850 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
853 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
856 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
859 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
860 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
863 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
864 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
867 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
870 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
871 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
873 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
874 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
877 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
878 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
881 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
882 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
884 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
886 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
887 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
891 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
892 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
893 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
895 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
896 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
900 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
901 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
902 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
903 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
904 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
905 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
907 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
908 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
909 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
910 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
911 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
921 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
923 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
924 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
925 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
927 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_sym
);
929 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
930 free (debug
->external_opt
);
931 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
932 free (debug
->external_aux
);
933 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
935 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
937 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
938 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
939 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
940 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
941 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
942 free (debug
->external_ext
);
946 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
949 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
951 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
953 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
954 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
955 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
956 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
958 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
959 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
961 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
964 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
967 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
968 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
969 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
971 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
972 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
974 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
976 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
977 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
982 unsigned long sindex
;
986 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
994 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
996 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1000 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1002 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1006 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1009 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1010 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1014 size
= sizeof (char *);
1015 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1019 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1020 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1021 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1025 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1028 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1029 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1032 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1035 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1036 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1038 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1039 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1040 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1041 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1042 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1043 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1044 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1045 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1046 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1047 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1049 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1050 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1054 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1055 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1056 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1063 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1066 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1068 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1069 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1070 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1071 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1073 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1074 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1075 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1077 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1079 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1081 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1083 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1084 matters, but someday it might). */
1085 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1114 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1118 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1119 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1121 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1122 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1124 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1125 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1127 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1128 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1129 being included in the link. */
1130 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1131 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1132 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1133 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1136 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1137 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1139 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1140 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1141 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1142 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1143 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1144 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1145 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1148 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1149 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1151 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1152 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1153 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1154 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1155 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1156 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1157 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1163 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1164 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1167 The format of these instructions is:
1169 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1170 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1171 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1173 +-----------------------------------------------+
1175 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1176 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1178 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1179 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1180 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1181 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1182 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1183 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1184 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1185 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1186 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1187 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1190 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1191 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1192 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1193 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1194 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1195 value as two 16-bit values.
1197 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1205 +--------+----------------------+
1208 +----------+------+-------------+
1212 +----------+--------------------+
1213 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1214 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1216 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1217 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1218 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1219 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1220 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1222 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1223 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1226 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1227 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1228 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1229 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1231 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1234 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1235 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1236 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1238 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1239 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1240 little-endian system.
1242 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1243 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1244 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1245 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1249 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1250 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1252 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1254 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1255 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1258 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1259 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1260 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1261 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1264 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1265 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1267 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1270 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1271 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1272 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1276 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1277 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1279 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1281 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1282 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1285 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1286 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1290 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1291 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1292 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1296 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1302 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1303 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1305 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1306 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1309 bfd_reloc_status_type
1310 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1311 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1312 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1316 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1318 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1321 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1323 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1324 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1326 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1327 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1329 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1330 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1332 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1334 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1335 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1336 an external symbol. */
1338 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1339 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1341 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1343 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1345 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1346 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1350 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1353 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1355 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1358 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1359 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1360 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1365 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1367 asection
*input_section
;
1371 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1373 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1375 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1376 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1377 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1379 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1380 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1381 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1382 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1384 bfd_reloc_status_type
1385 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1386 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1387 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1388 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1390 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1392 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1395 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1397 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1399 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1401 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1402 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1405 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1406 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1408 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1411 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1412 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1413 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1415 bfd_reloc_status_type
1416 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1417 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1418 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1420 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1421 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1422 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1423 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1428 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1429 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1432 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1433 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1434 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1436 bfd_reloc_status_type
1437 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1438 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1439 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1442 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1444 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1445 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1447 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1449 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1450 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1453 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1455 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1456 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1458 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1460 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1461 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1462 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1463 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1464 has a rightshift of 0. */
1465 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1466 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1468 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1469 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1470 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1472 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1473 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1475 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1478 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1482 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1483 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1487 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1488 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1489 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1491 bfd_reloc_status_type
1492 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1493 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1494 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1495 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1498 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1499 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1501 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1503 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1504 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1506 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1508 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1510 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1511 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1512 offset or address. */
1513 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1514 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1519 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1520 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1521 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1522 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1524 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1525 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1526 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1530 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1531 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1532 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1533 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1534 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1535 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1538 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1540 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1541 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1543 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1546 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1548 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1551 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1556 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1558 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1561 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1562 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1565 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1568 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1569 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1573 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1574 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1576 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1577 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1581 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1582 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1586 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1587 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1588 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1589 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1593 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1594 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1598 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1599 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1600 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1601 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1607 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1608 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1609 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1615 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1616 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1617 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1618 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1619 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1620 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1624 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1625 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1635 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1636 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1637 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1638 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1639 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1642 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1643 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1645 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1646 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1647 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1648 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1649 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1650 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1651 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1655 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1656 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1660 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1661 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1662 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1663 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1664 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1667 /* Swap in an options header. */
1670 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1671 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1673 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1674 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1675 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1676 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1679 /* Swap out an options header. */
1682 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1683 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1685 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1686 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1687 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1688 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1691 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1692 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1695 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1697 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1698 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1701 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1702 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1704 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1708 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
1710 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
1715 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1718 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1719 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1722 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1723 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1725 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1726 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1727 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1728 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1730 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
1732 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
1735 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
1737 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
1746 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1747 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1748 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1749 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1750 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1751 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1752 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1753 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1754 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1755 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1756 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1757 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1758 when generating a final executable. */
1761 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1763 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1765 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1767 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1768 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1770 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1772 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1773 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1774 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1775 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1776 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1778 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1779 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1780 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1781 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1782 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1790 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1793 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1794 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1795 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1796 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1797 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1798 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1800 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1801 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1805 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1807 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1808 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1809 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1811 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1812 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1813 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1815 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1817 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1818 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1819 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1820 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1822 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1824 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1825 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1826 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1829 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1831 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1832 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1833 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1838 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1839 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1841 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1842 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1843 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1844 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1847 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1849 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1850 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1851 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1852 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1853 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1854 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1855 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1856 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1857 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1858 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1859 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1860 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1861 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1862 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1863 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1864 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1865 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1871 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1872 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1875 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1876 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1877 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1878 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1880 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1881 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1882 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1883 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1885 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1886 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1887 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1888 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1889 + sec
->output_offset
1890 + output_section
->vma
);
1892 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1894 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1896 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1897 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1899 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1901 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1902 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1907 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1908 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1909 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1911 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1914 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1915 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1916 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1917 + sec
->output_offset
1918 + output_section
->vma
);
1920 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1925 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1926 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1929 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1936 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1939 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1941 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1942 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1944 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1947 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1949 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1952 static INLINE hashval_t
1953 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1956 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1962 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1963 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1967 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1969 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1971 return entry
->symndx
1972 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1973 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1975 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1976 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1980 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1983 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1985 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1986 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1989 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1990 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1991 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1992 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1995 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1996 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1997 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2001 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2003 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2005 return entry
->symndx
2007 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2008 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
2009 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2010 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
2012 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
2013 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
2017 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2019 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2020 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2022 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2023 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2026 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2027 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2030 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2031 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2032 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2033 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2034 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2037 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2038 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2039 if creation fails. */
2042 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2048 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2049 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2050 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2051 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2053 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2058 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2061 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2062 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2068 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2071 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2073 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2075 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2080 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2081 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2084 static struct mips_got_info
*
2085 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2088 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2090 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2091 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2092 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2093 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2094 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2097 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2102 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2103 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2107 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2108 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2112 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2113 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2115 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2116 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2119 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2121 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2122 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2128 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2135 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2138 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2144 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2145 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2148 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2150 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2151 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2153 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2154 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2159 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2160 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2163 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2166 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2167 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2169 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2171 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2177 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2178 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2181 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2184 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2185 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2187 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2192 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2195 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2201 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2203 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2205 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2206 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2208 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2210 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2211 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2213 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2216 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2217 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2219 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2220 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2223 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2226 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2227 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2228 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2233 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2234 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2236 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2238 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2239 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2244 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2246 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2247 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2248 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2251 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2254 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2256 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2257 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2260 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2261 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2262 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2263 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2264 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2266 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2267 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2269 /* General Dynamic. */
2270 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2272 offset
= got_offset
;
2273 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2277 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2278 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2279 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2280 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2283 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2284 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2285 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2286 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2288 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2289 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2293 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2294 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2295 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2296 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2299 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2302 /* Initial Exec model. */
2303 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2305 offset
= got_offset
;
2310 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2311 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2313 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2314 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2316 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2317 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2318 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2319 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2322 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2323 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2326 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2328 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2329 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2330 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2331 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2332 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2335 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2336 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2338 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2339 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2340 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2341 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2344 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2347 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2348 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2349 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2350 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2353 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2354 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2357 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2358 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2360 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2362 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2364 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2365 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2366 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2371 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2373 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2377 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2379 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2386 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2387 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2388 will be negative. */
2391 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2392 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2394 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2397 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2398 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2400 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2401 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2403 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2404 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2405 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2408 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2409 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2410 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2411 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2413 return got_address
- got_value
;
2416 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
2417 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2418 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2419 offset can be found. */
2422 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2423 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2424 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2427 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2428 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2430 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2432 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2433 value
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2437 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2439 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2440 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2441 hash table entry to track the index. */
2442 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2443 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2445 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2446 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2449 return entry
->gotidx
;
2452 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2455 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2456 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2460 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2461 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2463 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2464 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2466 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2468 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2470 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2471 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2475 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2478 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2480 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2482 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2484 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2485 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2486 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2487 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2488 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2489 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2490 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2492 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2493 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2500 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2501 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2503 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2506 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2507 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2509 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2510 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2511 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2512 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2513 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2514 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2516 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2517 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2521 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2522 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2523 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2525 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2526 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2527 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2529 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2534 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
2535 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
2536 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
2537 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2538 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2541 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2542 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2545 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2546 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2547 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2549 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2551 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2552 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2553 page
, 0, NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2558 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2561 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2566 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
2567 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2568 that has been forced local. */
2571 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2572 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
2575 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2576 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2578 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2579 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2580 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2581 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2583 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2585 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2587 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2588 value
, 0, NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2590 return entry
->gotidx
;
2595 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2599 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2600 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2604 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2606 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2607 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2608 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2610 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2613 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2614 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2615 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2618 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2619 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2620 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2621 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
,
2622 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2623 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2626 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2627 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2630 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2634 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2637 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2640 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2641 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2644 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2645 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2646 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2647 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2648 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2649 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2651 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2654 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2656 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2662 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2668 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2669 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2675 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2680 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2683 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2688 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2690 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2692 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2693 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2694 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2695 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2700 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2701 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2703 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
2704 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2706 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2709 bfd_vma got_address
;
2711 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2712 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2713 + sgot
->output_offset
2716 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2717 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2718 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
2719 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
2720 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2726 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2727 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2728 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2729 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2730 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2731 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2734 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2736 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2737 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2740 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2742 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2745 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2746 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2747 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2748 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2749 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2750 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2751 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2752 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2753 too large offsets. */
2754 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2755 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2756 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2757 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2758 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2761 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2762 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2763 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2764 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2765 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2767 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2768 table index in the GOT. */
2769 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2774 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2775 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2779 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2781 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2783 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2784 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2786 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2788 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2791 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2792 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2793 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2795 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2797 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2799 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2800 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2801 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2803 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2804 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2807 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2809 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2810 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2816 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2817 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2821 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2822 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2823 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2824 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2826 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2828 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2830 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2832 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2836 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2839 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2843 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2848 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2851 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2854 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2855 need to do it again. */
2858 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2862 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2868 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2870 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2872 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2875 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2876 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2877 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2884 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2885 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2888 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2889 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2890 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2892 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2895 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2896 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2897 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2898 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2899 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2903 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2906 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2908 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2911 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2919 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2920 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2922 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2924 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2926 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2932 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2936 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2941 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2946 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2949 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2951 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2952 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2954 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2957 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2960 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2962 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2963 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2964 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2965 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2967 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2970 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2971 be the master GOT data. */
2973 static struct mips_got_info
*
2974 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2976 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2982 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2983 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2986 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2987 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2991 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2993 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2994 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2995 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2996 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2997 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
3000 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
3002 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3003 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
3004 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3010 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3011 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3021 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3022 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3023 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3030 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3031 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3033 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3035 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3036 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3037 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3038 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3039 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3049 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3050 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3051 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3056 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3058 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3060 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3063 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3071 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3072 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3073 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3074 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3075 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3076 and then make make the new got current. */
3079 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3081 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3082 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3083 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3084 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3085 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3086 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3087 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3088 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3090 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3091 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3092 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3093 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3096 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3097 if (primary_total
> maxcnt
)
3098 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3101 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3102 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3103 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3104 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3106 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3107 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3109 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3110 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3111 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3112 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3113 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3115 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3116 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3117 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3118 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3120 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3122 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3123 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3125 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3128 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3129 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3130 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3133 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3134 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3135 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3137 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3138 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3140 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3141 else if (arg
->current
3142 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3144 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3145 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3146 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3147 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3149 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3151 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3152 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3154 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3157 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3159 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3160 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3161 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3163 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3164 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3166 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3167 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3168 overflows anyway. */
3171 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3172 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3174 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3180 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3181 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3184 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3186 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3187 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3189 unsigned char tls_type
;
3191 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3192 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3195 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3197 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3199 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3200 hash table entry to track its index. */
3201 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3203 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3204 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3205 tls_type
= entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
;
3209 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3211 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3212 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3213 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3214 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3216 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3219 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3221 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3222 tls_type
= entry
->tls_type
;
3225 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3226 if (tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3227 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3228 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3229 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3234 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3235 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3236 got) to the given VALUE.
3238 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3239 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3240 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3241 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3242 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3243 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3244 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3245 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3248 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3250 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3251 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3252 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3253 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3255 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3256 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3257 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3258 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3260 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3261 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3262 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3266 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3268 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3269 if (arg
->info
->shared
3270 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3271 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3272 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3273 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3276 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3282 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3283 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3285 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3287 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3289 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3290 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3291 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3292 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3297 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3298 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3299 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3300 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3301 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3302 the traversal must be restarted. */
3304 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3306 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3307 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3309 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3313 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3314 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3315 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3317 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3322 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3323 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3324 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3326 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3327 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3330 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3331 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3333 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3336 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3337 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3343 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3346 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3352 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3354 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3355 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3358 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3361 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3364 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3366 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3369 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3373 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3377 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3378 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3381 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3382 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3385 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3386 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3387 bfd_size_type pages
)
3389 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3390 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3391 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3392 unsigned int assign
;
3394 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3395 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3396 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3399 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3400 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3403 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3404 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3405 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3406 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3409 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3410 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3411 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3412 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3413 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3414 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3415 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3416 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3417 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3418 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3420 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3422 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3423 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3424 to be the primary GOT. */
3425 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3426 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3429 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3430 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3432 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3433 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3434 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3437 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3438 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3439 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3440 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3441 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3442 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3443 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3444 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3445 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3447 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3449 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3452 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3453 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3455 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3459 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3460 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3461 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3462 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3465 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3468 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3469 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3476 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3482 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3483 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3484 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3487 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3488 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3489 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3490 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3491 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3492 follows IRIX's practice.
3494 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3495 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3496 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3497 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3501 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3502 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3503 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3507 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3508 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3509 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3510 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3511 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3512 their entries can be omitted. */
3513 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3514 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3517 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3518 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3519 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3520 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3521 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3522 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3523 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3524 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3525 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3528 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3529 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3530 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3531 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3532 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3533 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3534 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3535 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3536 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3537 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3538 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3539 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3540 points back to the master GOT. */
3541 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3542 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3549 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3551 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3552 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3553 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3554 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3556 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3557 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3558 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3563 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3564 all non-TLS entries. */
3565 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3566 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3568 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3571 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3574 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3578 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3579 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3580 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3586 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3587 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3589 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3590 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3591 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3592 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3594 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3596 while (relocation
< relend
)
3598 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
3599 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
3605 /* We didn't find it. */
3609 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3612 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3613 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3614 asection
**local_sections
,
3615 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3617 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3618 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3619 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3622 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3623 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3624 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3626 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3628 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3633 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3634 was forced local. */
3635 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3636 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3637 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3638 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3639 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3640 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3641 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3648 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3651 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3653 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3654 /* VALUE is negative. */
3655 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3660 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3661 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3665 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3667 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3669 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3670 /* The value is too big. */
3672 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3673 /* The value is too small. */
3680 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3683 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3685 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3688 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3691 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3694 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3701 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3704 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3707 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3714 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3717 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3718 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3721 register asection
*s
;
3723 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3725 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3728 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3730 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3731 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3734 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3740 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3743 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3744 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3747 register asection
*s
;
3748 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3749 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3750 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3754 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3756 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3757 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3760 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3761 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3765 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3766 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3769 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3771 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3772 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3773 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3778 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3779 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3780 are not creating a global offset table. */
3782 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3783 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3784 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3787 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3790 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3791 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3794 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3797 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3798 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3801 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3802 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3804 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3805 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3808 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3809 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3810 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3811 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3813 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3814 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3815 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3817 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3818 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3820 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3821 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3822 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3823 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3831 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3832 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3833 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3836 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3838 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3840 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3841 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3844 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3845 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3846 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3848 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3849 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3850 relocation must be JALX.
3852 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3853 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3854 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3855 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3857 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3858 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3859 asection
*input_section
,
3860 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3861 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3862 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3863 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3864 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3865 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3866 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3868 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3870 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3873 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3874 shared object file being produced. */
3875 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3876 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3879 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3880 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3881 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3882 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3883 during execution. */
3884 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3885 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3887 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3888 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3889 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3891 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3892 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3893 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3894 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3895 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3896 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3897 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3899 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3901 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3902 relocation value. */
3903 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3904 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3905 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3906 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3909 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3910 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3912 /* Parse the relocation. */
3913 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3914 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3915 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3916 + input_section
->output_offset
3917 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3919 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3920 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3922 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3923 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3924 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3925 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3926 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3927 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3928 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3929 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3932 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3933 must come before globals. */
3937 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3940 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3942 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3943 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3945 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3946 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3947 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3948 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3949 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3950 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3952 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3954 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3957 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3958 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3961 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3962 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3963 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3966 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3968 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3972 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3974 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3975 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3976 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3977 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3978 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3979 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3980 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3982 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3983 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3985 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3986 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3987 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3988 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3990 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3991 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3992 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3993 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3994 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3998 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3999 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
4000 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
4001 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
4004 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
4005 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
4006 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4008 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4009 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4010 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4012 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4013 if (sec
->output_section
)
4014 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4015 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4016 + sec
->output_offset
);
4018 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4020 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4021 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4022 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4023 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4026 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4027 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4029 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4030 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4032 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4033 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4034 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4035 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4036 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4038 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4039 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4042 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4044 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4045 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4046 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4047 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4048 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4049 which is available from here:
4050 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4055 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4056 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4057 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4058 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4059 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4060 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4064 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4067 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4068 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4070 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4071 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4073 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4074 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4075 && !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4077 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4078 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4081 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4084 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4088 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4089 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4090 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4092 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4093 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4094 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4095 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
4097 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
4098 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4099 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4102 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4105 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4106 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
4108 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4113 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4115 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
4117 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4124 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4127 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4130 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4131 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4134 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4135 special jalx instruction. */
4136 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4137 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4138 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4140 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4141 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4143 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4144 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4147 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4148 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4149 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4151 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4152 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4158 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4159 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4160 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4161 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4162 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4164 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4165 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4166 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4167 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4169 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4170 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4172 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4176 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4177 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4178 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4179 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4180 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4181 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4183 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4184 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4185 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4189 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4190 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4191 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4193 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4194 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4195 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4196 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4197 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4199 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4200 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4202 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4203 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4204 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4205 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4206 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4210 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4211 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4212 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4216 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4217 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4219 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4222 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4223 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4228 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4229 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4230 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4233 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4234 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4235 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4237 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4248 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4249 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4250 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4252 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4256 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4257 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4259 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4260 + input_section
->output_offset
4261 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4262 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4263 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4264 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4266 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4267 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4269 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4270 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4273 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4276 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4280 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4283 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4284 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4291 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4292 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4294 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4295 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4297 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4299 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4300 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4301 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4302 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4305 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4306 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4307 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4309 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4317 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4321 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4322 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4326 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4330 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4331 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4335 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4336 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4337 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4338 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4339 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4342 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4345 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4346 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4347 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4349 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4352 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4353 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4357 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4358 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
4359 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
4360 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4363 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4364 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4368 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4369 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4376 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4377 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4381 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4382 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4383 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4387 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4388 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4389 both reloc addends by 4. */
4390 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4391 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4393 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4394 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4401 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4404 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4405 for this conditional. */
4406 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4407 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4409 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4410 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4411 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4412 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4413 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4416 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4417 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4420 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4421 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4422 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4423 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4424 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4425 not check for overflow here. */
4429 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4430 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4431 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4432 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4437 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4438 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4439 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4440 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4441 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4442 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4443 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4444 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4445 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4446 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4447 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4448 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4449 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4450 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4451 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4452 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4456 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4461 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4462 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4463 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4467 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4468 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4469 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4470 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4471 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4472 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4474 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4475 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4482 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4483 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4484 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4487 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4490 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4491 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4493 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4497 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4498 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4499 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4500 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
4501 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4504 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4505 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4506 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4507 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4508 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4510 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4511 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4514 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4515 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4516 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4519 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4520 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4521 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4525 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4526 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4527 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4528 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4529 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4532 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4534 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4537 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4541 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4542 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4546 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4547 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4550 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4551 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4552 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4555 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4556 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4557 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4561 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4562 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4563 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4564 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4565 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4566 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4570 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4571 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4572 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4573 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4576 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4577 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4580 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4582 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4585 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4588 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4589 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4590 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4593 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4595 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4596 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4601 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4602 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4603 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4604 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4605 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4606 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4608 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4611 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4612 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4613 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4614 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4615 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4616 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4620 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4622 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4623 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4625 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4627 /* Obtain the current value. */
4628 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4630 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4631 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4633 /* Set the field. */
4634 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4636 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4640 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4641 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4643 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4644 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4646 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4651 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4655 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4658 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4659 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4662 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4667 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4668 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4671 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4672 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4673 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4674 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4675 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4676 && !info
->relocatable
4678 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4679 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4685 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4686 + input_section
->output_offset
4687 + relocation
->r_offset
4689 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4690 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4694 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4695 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4698 /* Put the value into the output. */
4699 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4701 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4707 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4710 mips16_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4712 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4714 return FN_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
);
4717 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4720 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4724 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4726 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4727 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4728 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4730 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4731 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4736 /* Make room for a null element. */
4737 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4740 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4744 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4745 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4746 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4747 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4750 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4751 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4752 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4753 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4754 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4755 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4757 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4762 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4765 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4766 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4767 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4768 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4769 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4770 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4771 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4774 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4775 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4776 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4778 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4779 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4780 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4781 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4784 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4785 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4788 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4790 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4791 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4792 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4797 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4798 in the relocation. */
4800 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4801 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4803 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4804 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4805 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4807 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4808 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4809 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4810 undefined symbols. */
4815 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4817 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4824 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4827 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
4828 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
4834 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4835 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4836 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4837 local symbols because we used to generate them
4838 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4839 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4840 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4841 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4842 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4843 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4845 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4846 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4847 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4848 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4849 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4854 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4855 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4856 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4857 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4858 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4861 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4862 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4863 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4865 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4866 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4867 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4870 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4871 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4872 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4873 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4874 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4875 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4876 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4877 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4878 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4879 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4880 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4881 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4882 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4883 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4886 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4888 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4889 correct location in the output file. */
4890 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4891 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4892 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4893 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4894 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4895 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4897 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4898 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4899 relocation format is non-standard. */
4900 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4902 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4903 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4905 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4907 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4909 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4910 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4911 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4912 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4914 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4917 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4918 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4919 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4921 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4922 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4924 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4925 will be writing to it. */
4926 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4929 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4930 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4932 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4937 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4939 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4940 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4941 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4942 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4943 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4944 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4946 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4947 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4948 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4950 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4951 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4952 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4953 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4954 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4955 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4956 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4960 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4961 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4963 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4964 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4969 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4972 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4974 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4976 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4977 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4979 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4980 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4982 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4983 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4985 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4986 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4988 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4989 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4991 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4992 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4994 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4995 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4997 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4998 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
5000 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
5001 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
5003 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
5004 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
5007 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
5011 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
5014 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
5017 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
5020 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
5023 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
5025 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
5026 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
5028 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
5029 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5031 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5032 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5034 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5035 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5042 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5044 static INLINE
char *
5045 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5049 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5050 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5053 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5055 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5059 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5061 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5063 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5065 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5068 return "unknown abi";
5072 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5073 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5074 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5075 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5076 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5077 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5078 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5079 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5081 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5082 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5083 definition in a shared library. */
5084 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5085 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5086 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5088 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5089 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5092 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5094 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5096 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5097 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5099 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5100 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5101 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5102 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5103 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5104 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5105 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5107 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5108 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5109 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5110 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5111 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5112 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5113 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5114 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5115 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5116 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5118 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5122 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5123 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5124 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5125 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
5126 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5129 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5130 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5132 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5133 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5134 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5135 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5136 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5137 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5138 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5139 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5140 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5141 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5143 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5144 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5147 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5148 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5153 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5155 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5156 if (section
!= NULL
)
5158 asym
->section
= section
;
5159 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5160 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5161 base address to make it an offset. */
5162 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5169 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5171 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5172 if (section
!= NULL
)
5174 asym
->section
= section
;
5175 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5176 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5177 base address to make it an offset. */
5178 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5185 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5186 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5188 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5189 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5190 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5191 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5192 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5194 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5195 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5196 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5197 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5199 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5200 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5201 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5202 We therefore take the following approach:
5204 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5205 determine the pointer size.
5207 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5208 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5212 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5213 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5214 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5215 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5216 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5218 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5219 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5223 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5225 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5227 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5229 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5231 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5232 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5233 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5240 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5241 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5242 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5251 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5252 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5253 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5255 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5256 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5259 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5260 will jump there rather than to .text.
5262 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5263 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5266 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5268 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5271 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5272 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5273 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5277 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5279 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5280 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5284 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5285 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5288 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5291 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5292 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5296 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5297 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5298 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5299 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5301 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5303 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5304 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5305 so that we don't have to read them again.
5306 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5307 through the section contents to see if there is an
5308 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5310 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5312 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5313 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5315 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5317 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5319 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5321 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5322 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5323 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5326 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5333 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5334 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5337 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5338 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5341 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5348 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5349 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5352 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5353 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5360 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5362 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5364 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5365 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5366 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5368 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5369 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5371 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5373 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5374 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5376 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5378 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5379 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5381 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5384 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5386 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5388 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5390 unsigned int adjust
;
5392 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5394 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5402 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5403 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5404 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5406 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5410 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5411 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5417 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5418 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5419 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5420 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5421 probably get away with this. */
5422 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5424 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5425 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5429 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5432 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5433 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5436 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5437 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5440 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5441 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5444 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5445 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5447 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5449 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5450 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5451 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5453 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5455 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5456 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5459 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5460 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5463 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5464 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5467 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5468 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5471 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5472 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5475 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5476 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5477 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5484 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5489 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5490 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5496 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5498 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5499 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5500 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5501 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5502 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5504 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5507 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5508 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5510 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5511 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5514 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5515 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5516 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5517 they should agree. */
5518 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5520 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5522 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5523 if (contents
== NULL
)
5525 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5532 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5533 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5535 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5537 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5539 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5541 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5542 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5543 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5546 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5548 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5550 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5552 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5553 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5555 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5557 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5559 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5561 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5563 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5564 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5566 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5576 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5577 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5578 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5581 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5583 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5585 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5587 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5588 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5589 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5591 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5592 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5593 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5595 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5596 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5597 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5599 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5600 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5601 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5603 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5604 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5605 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5606 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5607 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5609 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5611 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5613 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5614 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5615 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5616 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5618 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5619 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5621 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5624 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5626 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5627 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5628 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5629 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5631 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5632 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5634 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5635 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5638 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5639 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5640 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5641 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5642 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5643 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5644 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5645 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5647 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5648 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5650 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5652 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5653 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5654 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5656 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5658 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5659 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5660 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5662 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5663 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5664 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5666 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5667 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5668 final_write_processing. */
5670 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5671 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5673 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5674 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5675 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5677 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5679 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5680 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5681 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5684 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5685 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5686 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5687 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5688 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5693 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5694 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5695 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5696 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5697 the .scommon section. */
5700 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5701 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5703 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5705 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5708 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5710 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5716 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5717 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5720 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5721 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5722 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5723 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5725 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5726 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5727 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5729 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5734 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5735 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5736 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5737 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5738 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5739 is not done for them. */
5741 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5742 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5748 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5751 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5752 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5753 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5754 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
5755 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5758 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5759 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5760 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5761 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5765 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5766 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5768 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5769 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5770 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5772 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5773 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5776 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5777 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5778 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5781 /* Initialize the section. */
5783 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5784 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5786 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5787 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5789 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5790 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5791 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5792 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5793 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5794 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5795 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5797 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5798 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5799 so I took it out. */
5800 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5803 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5804 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5806 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5807 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5809 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5810 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5811 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5813 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5814 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5817 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5818 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5819 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5822 /* Initialize the section. */
5824 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5825 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5827 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5828 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5830 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5831 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5832 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5833 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5834 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5835 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5836 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5838 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5839 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5840 so I took it out. */
5841 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5844 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5845 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5849 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5851 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5852 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5855 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5857 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5859 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5860 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5861 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5864 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5867 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5869 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5872 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5875 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5876 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5877 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5878 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5884 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5885 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5886 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5889 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5890 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5891 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5892 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5894 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5895 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5896 common in the output file. */
5897 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5898 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5899 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5901 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5902 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5907 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5909 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5912 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5914 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5915 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5917 register asection
*s
;
5918 const char * const *namep
;
5919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5921 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5922 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5923 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5925 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5927 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5929 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5932 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5937 /* We need to create .got section. */
5938 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5941 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5944 /* Create .stub section. */
5945 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5946 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5948 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5949 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5952 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5953 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5957 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5959 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5961 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5962 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5964 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5965 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5969 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5970 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5971 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5972 the linker takes such action. */
5973 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5975 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5978 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5979 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5980 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5983 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5986 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5988 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5992 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5993 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5995 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5999 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
6000 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
6002 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6003 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
6005 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6006 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
6008 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6009 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
6011 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6012 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6014 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6021 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6023 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6024 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6025 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6028 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6031 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6033 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6036 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6038 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6039 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6040 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6041 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6042 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6043 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6045 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6047 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6048 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6049 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6052 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6055 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6057 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6062 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6064 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6065 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6066 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6069 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6070 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6071 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6072 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6073 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6075 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6080 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6081 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6084 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6087 htab
->plt_header_size
6088 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6089 htab
->plt_entry_size
6090 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6094 htab
->plt_header_size
6095 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6096 htab
->plt_entry_size
6097 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6104 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6105 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6108 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6109 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6113 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6114 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6115 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6117 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6118 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6121 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6122 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6124 if (info
->relocatable
)
6127 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6128 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6129 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6130 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6131 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6133 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6135 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6136 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
6138 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6140 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6143 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6145 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6146 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6150 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6151 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6152 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6153 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6155 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6156 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6158 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6159 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6160 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6161 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, o
))
6165 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6167 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6170 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6171 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6172 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6173 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6176 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6185 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6186 not need it. Since this function is called before
6187 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6188 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6190 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6194 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6196 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6198 unsigned long symcount
;
6202 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6203 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6205 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6206 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6207 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6210 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6213 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6216 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6217 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6218 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6219 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6225 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6226 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6228 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6229 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6230 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6232 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6234 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6235 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6236 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6237 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6238 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6239 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
6241 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6245 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6247 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6250 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
6252 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6253 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6256 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6259 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6261 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6262 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6266 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6267 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
6268 that refers to this symbol. */
6269 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6271 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6272 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6274 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6275 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6276 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6277 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, o
))
6281 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6283 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6286 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6287 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6288 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6289 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
6292 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6301 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6302 not need it. Since this function is called before
6303 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6304 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6306 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6310 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
6312 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
6314 unsigned long symcount
;
6318 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6319 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6321 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6322 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6323 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6326 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
6329 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6330 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6332 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6333 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6334 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6335 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6339 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6340 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6342 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6344 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
6345 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6347 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6349 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6350 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6351 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6352 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6353 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6356 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6360 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
6362 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6373 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6378 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6379 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6380 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6385 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6386 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6387 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6389 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6390 unsigned int r_type
;
6391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6393 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6394 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6396 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6398 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6400 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6401 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6403 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6408 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6410 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6413 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6414 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6418 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6419 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6425 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6426 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6427 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6428 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6429 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6430 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6431 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6432 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6434 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6436 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6437 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6439 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6440 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6442 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6443 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6444 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6445 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6453 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6454 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6455 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6457 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6458 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6459 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6469 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6471 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6472 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6473 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6474 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6478 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6482 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6483 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6484 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6485 relocations against the text segment. */
6486 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6489 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6490 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6491 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6492 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6494 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6495 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6496 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6497 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6498 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6499 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6500 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6501 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6502 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6503 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6512 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6513 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6514 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6515 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6520 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6521 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6524 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6525 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6526 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6527 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6528 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6531 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6532 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6533 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6539 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6540 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6541 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6547 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6549 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6550 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6551 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6552 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6554 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6555 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6556 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6562 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6563 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6564 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6565 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6569 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6571 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6574 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6575 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6583 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6584 for TLS GD relocations. */
6586 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6588 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6593 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6594 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6595 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6597 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6602 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6604 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6605 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6614 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6615 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6616 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6617 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6618 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6622 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6628 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6629 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6630 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6631 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6632 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6633 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6634 relocations against the text segment. */
6635 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6639 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6641 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6642 defined in a dynamic object. */
6643 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6644 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6645 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6646 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6647 are relocations against the text segment. */
6648 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6651 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6652 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6653 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6654 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6655 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6656 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6657 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6660 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6661 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6663 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6664 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6669 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6670 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6671 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6676 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6681 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6684 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6685 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6686 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6687 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6688 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6689 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6692 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6693 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6694 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6695 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6699 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6700 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6701 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6702 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6710 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6711 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6712 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6713 a normal .got entry. */
6714 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6718 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6721 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6722 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6727 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6728 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6729 References from a stub section do not count. */
6731 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6732 && !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd
, sec
))
6734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6736 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6737 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6745 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6746 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6749 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6750 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6751 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6752 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6754 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6755 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6756 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6758 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6761 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6764 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6765 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6766 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6769 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6770 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6771 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6772 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6774 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6777 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6778 unsigned int r_type
;
6779 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6781 unsigned long instruction
;
6783 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6784 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6785 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6786 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6787 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6790 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6791 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6792 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6794 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6795 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6796 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6798 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6799 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6800 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6802 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6804 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6805 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6806 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6807 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6808 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6811 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6812 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6813 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6814 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6815 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6817 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6821 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6823 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6824 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6826 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6827 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6828 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6829 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6831 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6835 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6836 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6838 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6839 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6840 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6841 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6844 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6845 symval
= isym
->st_value
6846 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6847 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6850 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6852 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6853 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6855 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6856 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6861 /* Check that it's in range. */
6862 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6865 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6866 if (contents
== NULL
)
6868 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6869 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6870 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6873 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6878 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6880 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6881 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6882 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6883 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6884 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6885 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6889 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6890 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6891 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6894 if (contents
!= NULL
6895 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6897 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6901 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6902 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6908 if (contents
!= NULL
6909 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6914 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6915 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6916 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6917 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6921 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6922 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6929 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6930 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6932 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6933 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6935 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6938 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6940 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6941 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6943 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6944 if (! info
->relocatable
6945 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6946 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6947 || !h
->def_regular
))
6949 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6950 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6951 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6952 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6953 against the text segment. */
6954 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6957 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6958 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6961 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6964 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6965 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6966 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6967 executable and the shared library. */
6968 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6970 /* We need .stub section. */
6971 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6972 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6973 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6975 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6976 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6978 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6979 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6981 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6982 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6984 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6985 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6989 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6992 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6993 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6994 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6998 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6999 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7000 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7001 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7003 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7004 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7005 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7006 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7010 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7011 is not a function. */
7016 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
7019 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
7024 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7026 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7027 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7028 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7030 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
7031 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
7034 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
7037 && !h
->def_regular
)));
7039 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
7040 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
7041 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
7042 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
7044 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
7046 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7047 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
7051 && !h
->forced_local
)
7054 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
7055 the functions directly. */
7056 else if (h
->needs_plt
7057 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7058 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
7059 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
7067 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
7068 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
7069 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
7071 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
7073 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7076 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
7077 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
7078 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
7080 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
7081 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
7082 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
7083 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
7084 if (!h
->def_regular
)
7086 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
7087 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
7089 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7092 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7093 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7094 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7096 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7098 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7103 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7104 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7105 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7110 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7114 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7115 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7116 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7117 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7119 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7120 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7121 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7122 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7126 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7127 is not a function. */
7131 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7132 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7133 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7134 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7135 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7136 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7137 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7138 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7139 same memory location for the variable. */
7141 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7143 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7147 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
7150 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7151 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7152 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7153 the current linking stage. */
7155 static bfd_size_type
7156 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7158 bfd_size_type count
;
7161 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7166 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7167 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7168 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7169 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7170 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7176 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7177 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7178 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7181 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7182 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7188 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7190 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7191 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7192 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7194 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7195 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7197 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7199 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7200 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7202 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7204 if (! (info
->relocatable
7205 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7206 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7207 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7209 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7211 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7214 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7218 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7219 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7221 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7223 asection
*subsection
;
7225 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7227 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7229 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7231 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7232 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7236 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7237 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7238 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7239 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7241 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7244 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7245 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7247 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7248 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7251 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7252 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7253 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7255 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7256 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7258 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7259 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7260 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7261 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7263 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7264 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7266 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7268 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7269 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7270 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7271 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7274 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7275 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7276 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7278 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7279 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7281 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7282 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7284 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7285 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7286 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7287 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7288 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7289 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7290 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7292 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7293 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7295 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7297 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7298 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7300 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7302 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7307 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7308 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7309 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7315 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7318 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7319 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7322 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7323 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7324 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7326 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7327 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7328 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7330 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7332 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7333 if (info
->executable
)
7335 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7336 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7338 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7340 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7344 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7345 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7349 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7353 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7354 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7355 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7357 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7360 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
7364 const char *outname
;
7367 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7368 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7369 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7370 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7371 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7373 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7375 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7377 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7378 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7379 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7382 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7383 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7384 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7387 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7388 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7389 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7390 will move them around between input sections'
7391 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7392 broken, so don't let it run. */
7393 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7396 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7398 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7401 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7402 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7405 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7406 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7408 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7409 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7412 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".got"))
7414 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7415 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7416 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7418 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7419 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7420 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7421 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7425 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7426 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7428 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7429 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7430 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7431 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7432 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7434 unsigned int save_assign
;
7436 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7438 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7439 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7440 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7441 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7442 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7443 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7444 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7445 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7446 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7447 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7448 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7450 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7453 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7454 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7455 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7456 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7457 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7463 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7467 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7469 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7470 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7473 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7477 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7480 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7482 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7483 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7484 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7486 else if (! info
->shared
7487 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7488 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
7490 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7491 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7494 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7495 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
7496 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7497 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
7498 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7501 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7507 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7511 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7514 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7516 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7522 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7523 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7524 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7526 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7531 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7532 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7534 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7535 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7537 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7542 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7544 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7545 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7546 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7547 the .dynamic section. */
7549 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7550 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
7551 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and GDB only
7552 looks at the first one it sees. */
7554 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7557 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
7558 used by the debugger. */
7559 if (info
->executable
7560 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7561 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7564 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7565 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7567 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7569 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7572 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7573 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7574 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7575 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7576 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7579 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7582 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7584 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7585 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7586 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7588 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7591 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7594 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7597 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7599 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7602 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7605 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7611 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7613 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7616 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7619 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7623 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7626 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7629 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7632 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7635 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7638 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7641 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7644 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7645 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7648 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7649 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7650 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7651 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7659 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7660 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7661 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7662 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7665 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7666 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7667 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7669 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7670 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7673 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7675 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7676 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7677 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7678 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7679 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7681 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7682 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7685 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7686 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7688 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7689 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7691 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7692 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7695 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7696 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7697 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7701 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7704 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7705 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7706 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7707 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7708 asection
**local_sections
)
7710 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7711 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7713 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7714 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7716 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7717 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7718 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7722 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7723 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7724 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7726 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7727 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7729 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7731 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7732 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7734 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7735 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7736 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7737 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7738 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7741 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7742 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7743 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7745 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7750 unsigned long extsymoff
;
7753 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
7754 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7755 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7756 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7757 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7758 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7761 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7762 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7763 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7766 if (sec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
7768 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7769 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7770 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7771 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7777 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7779 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7780 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7781 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7782 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7783 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7784 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7785 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7787 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7789 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7793 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7795 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7797 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7798 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7799 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7800 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7801 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7802 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7803 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7804 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7805 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7806 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7807 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7809 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7811 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7812 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7814 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7815 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7817 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7819 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7822 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7824 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7825 combination of the addend stored in two different
7827 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7828 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7829 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7830 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7832 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7833 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7836 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7837 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7839 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7841 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7842 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7843 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7844 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7847 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7849 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7850 relocation must be immediately following.
7851 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7852 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7853 several relocations for the same address. In
7854 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7855 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7856 in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7858 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes
7859 the LO16 but keeps the corresponding HI16. This
7860 is strictly speaking a violation of the ABI but
7861 not immediately harmful. */
7862 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7865 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7870 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7872 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
7873 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
7875 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7876 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
7877 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
7882 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7885 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7887 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7888 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7890 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
,
7891 FALSE
, lo16_location
);
7892 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
,
7894 input_bfd
, contents
);
7895 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
,
7896 FALSE
, lo16_location
);
7897 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7898 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7899 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7903 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7908 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7911 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7912 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7913 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7916 if (info
->relocatable
)
7918 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7919 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7922 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7924 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7925 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7926 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7927 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7928 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7929 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7930 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7931 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7933 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7935 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7936 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7937 source of the addend in the final link. */
7938 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7940 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7941 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7942 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7943 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7944 but for endianness. */
7950 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7952 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7959 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7960 do two separate stores. */
7961 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7963 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7965 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7971 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7973 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7974 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7975 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7976 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7980 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7981 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7986 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7990 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7991 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7992 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7994 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7995 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7996 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7997 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7999 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
8001 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
8002 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
8003 input_section
, info
, rel
,
8004 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
8005 local_sections
, &value
,
8006 &name
, &require_jalx
,
8007 use_saved_addend_p
))
8009 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
8010 /* There's nothing to do. */
8013 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
8014 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
8015 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
8016 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
8017 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
8020 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
8021 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
8022 info
->callbacks
->warning
8023 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
8026 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8027 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
8028 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
8029 a given location. */
8033 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
8034 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8035 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
8036 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
8049 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
8050 until we reach the last one. */
8051 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
8057 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8058 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
8059 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
8060 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
8061 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
8062 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
8063 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
8064 only a 32-bit VMA. */
8070 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
8072 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
8079 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
8080 do two separate stores. */
8081 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
8083 /* Undo what we did above. */
8085 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
8087 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
8093 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
8095 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
8096 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8097 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
8098 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8102 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
8103 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
8104 input_bfd
, input_section
,
8105 contents
, require_jalx
))
8112 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
8113 adjust it appropriately now. */
8116 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8117 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8119 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
8120 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
8121 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
8124 "__dso_displacement",
8126 "__program_header_table",
8130 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8138 const char* const *p
;
8141 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8142 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8145 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8147 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8149 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8150 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8152 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8154 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8156 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8162 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8163 dynamic sections here. */
8166 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8167 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8168 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8169 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8173 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8178 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8179 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8181 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8184 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8186 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8188 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8190 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8191 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8192 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8194 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8195 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8197 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8198 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8200 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8203 /* Fill the stub. */
8205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8209 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8211 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8218 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8219 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8220 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8222 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8228 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8229 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8231 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8232 only for the referenced symbol. */
8233 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8235 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8236 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8237 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8238 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8242 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8243 || h
->forced_local
);
8245 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8246 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8247 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8248 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8249 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8251 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8252 the symbols that need them. */
8253 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8254 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8259 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8260 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8261 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8264 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8266 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8272 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8274 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8277 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8280 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8285 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8287 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8288 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8290 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8291 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8292 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8293 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8294 appropriate addend. */
8295 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8297 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8298 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8299 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8301 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8302 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8305 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8306 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8307 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8311 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8312 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8317 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8318 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8319 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8320 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8321 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8322 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8323 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8325 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8326 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8329 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8331 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8332 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8333 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8335 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8337 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8338 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8340 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8341 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8343 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8345 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8347 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8348 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8349 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8350 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8352 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8354 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8355 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8356 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8357 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8361 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8362 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8363 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8367 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8368 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8369 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8371 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8372 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8373 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8374 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8375 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8376 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8378 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8379 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8381 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8382 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8383 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8384 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8386 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8390 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8391 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8392 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8397 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8400 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8401 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8402 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8407 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8408 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8410 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8411 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8413 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8416 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8417 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8418 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8420 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8421 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8422 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8424 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8425 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8426 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8429 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8430 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8431 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8433 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8434 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8435 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8438 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8439 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8440 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8442 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8443 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8444 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8446 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8447 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8448 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8450 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8451 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8455 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8456 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8457 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8461 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8463 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8464 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8465 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8467 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8468 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8469 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8470 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8471 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8472 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8476 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8477 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8479 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8480 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8481 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8482 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8483 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8485 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8486 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8487 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8488 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8489 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8492 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8493 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8495 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8496 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8499 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8500 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8501 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8502 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8504 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8506 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8507 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8510 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8512 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8513 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8514 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8515 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8516 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8518 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8519 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8520 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8523 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8527 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8528 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8529 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8530 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8532 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8533 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8534 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8535 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8536 + sgot
->output_offset
8538 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8539 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8543 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8546 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8548 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8550 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8551 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8552 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8553 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8555 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8556 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8557 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8558 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8559 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8562 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8563 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8564 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8569 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8570 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8573 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8575 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8577 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8578 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8579 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8581 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8582 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8584 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8585 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8586 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8587 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8589 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8590 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8592 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8593 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8595 /* Install the PLT header. */
8596 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8597 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8598 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8599 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8600 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8601 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8602 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8604 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8605 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8606 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8607 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8609 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8610 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8612 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8613 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8615 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8616 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8617 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8619 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8620 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8621 in which symbols were output. */
8622 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8624 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8626 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8627 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8628 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8629 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8631 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8632 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8633 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8634 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8636 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8637 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8638 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8639 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8643 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8646 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8649 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8651 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8653 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8654 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8655 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8656 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8659 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8662 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8663 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8668 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8671 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8672 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8674 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8676 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8681 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8682 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8683 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8684 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8685 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8688 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8691 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8693 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8694 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8696 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8697 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8698 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8700 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8704 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8706 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8707 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8709 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8715 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8719 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8720 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8724 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8726 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8731 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8733 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8734 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8735 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8736 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8737 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8741 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8742 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8743 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8747 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8748 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8752 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8755 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8763 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8768 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8773 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8774 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8775 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8776 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8779 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8780 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8783 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8784 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8785 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8786 referenced within the same object. */
8787 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8790 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8791 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8793 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8796 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8797 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8798 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8800 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8802 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8803 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8804 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8806 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8809 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8810 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8813 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8814 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8817 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8818 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8819 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8820 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8824 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8825 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8827 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8831 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8832 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8836 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8837 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8841 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8842 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8843 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8847 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8849 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8851 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8857 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8858 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8859 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8860 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8870 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8871 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8872 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8876 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8881 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8882 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8883 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8886 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8888 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8890 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8891 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8892 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8893 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8894 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8895 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8896 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8898 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8899 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8900 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8902 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8906 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8907 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8908 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8909 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8910 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8911 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8914 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8915 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8918 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8919 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8921 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8924 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8925 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8927 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8929 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8930 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8932 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8933 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8934 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8935 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8940 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8942 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8943 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8944 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8945 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8946 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8949 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8954 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8955 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8958 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8961 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8963 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8965 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8966 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8967 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8969 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8972 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8973 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8975 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8981 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8982 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8983 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8984 are trailing null entries. */
8985 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8986 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8987 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8988 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8989 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8990 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
8991 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
8992 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
9002 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
9009 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
9011 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
9013 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
9014 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
9018 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
9020 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
9021 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
9024 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
9025 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
9028 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
9029 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
9030 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
9033 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
9035 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
9036 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
9037 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
9038 htab
->function_stub_size
);
9043 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
9044 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
9045 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
9046 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
9047 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9049 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9051 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
9053 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9055 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9056 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
9057 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
9058 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
9060 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
9061 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
9062 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
9067 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9070 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
9072 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
9078 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
9081 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
9085 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
9088 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
9089 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
9092 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
9093 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
9096 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
9097 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
9100 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
9101 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
9102 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
9103 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
9104 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
9107 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
9108 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
9111 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
9112 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
9115 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
9116 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
9119 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
9120 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
9123 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
9124 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
9127 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
9128 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9131 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9132 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9135 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9136 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9139 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9140 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9141 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9142 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9143 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9144 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9147 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9148 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9151 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9152 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9155 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9156 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9159 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9160 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9163 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9164 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9167 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9168 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9172 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9177 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9178 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9179 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9182 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9183 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9186 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9190 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9191 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9192 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9193 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9194 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9196 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9197 info for each special section. */
9198 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9199 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9202 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9205 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9206 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9208 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9211 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9212 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9213 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9214 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9215 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
9216 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9217 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9218 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9221 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9222 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9223 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9224 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9225 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
9226 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9227 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9228 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9229 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9232 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9233 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9235 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9236 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9238 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9241 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9242 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9243 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9244 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9245 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
9246 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9247 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9250 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
9251 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9253 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9255 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9256 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9263 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9267 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
9268 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9273 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9274 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9275 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9278 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9279 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9280 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9281 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9284 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9285 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9286 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9287 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9290 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
9291 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
9292 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9293 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
9299 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9302 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9303 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9306 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9309 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9311 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9312 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9314 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9315 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9320 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9324 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9328 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9329 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9331 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9332 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9340 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9341 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9342 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9345 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9346 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9347 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9349 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9351 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9352 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9357 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9359 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9361 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9362 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9365 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9367 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9368 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9369 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9370 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9371 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9372 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9373 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9374 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9375 *pm
= options_segment
;
9381 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9383 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9384 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9385 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9386 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9387 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9389 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9390 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9395 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9399 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9401 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9406 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9414 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9415 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9416 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9426 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9427 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9429 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9431 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9434 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9436 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9437 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9438 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9439 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9440 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9442 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9443 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9446 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
9447 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
9448 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
9449 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
9450 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
9451 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
9452 which might move one of the other sections to a different
9454 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9457 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9459 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9461 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9465 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9469 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9471 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9472 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9479 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9485 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9486 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9488 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9491 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9492 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9499 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9501 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9503 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9514 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
9515 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
9517 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
9518 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
9519 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
9520 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
9521 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
9523 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
9524 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
9525 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
9526 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
9527 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
9529 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
9530 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
9532 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
9533 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
9537 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
9541 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
9549 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9553 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9554 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9555 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9557 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9559 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9562 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9564 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9565 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9569 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
9572 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9575 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9576 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9577 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9578 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9581 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9583 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9584 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9585 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9586 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9588 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9589 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9590 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9592 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9593 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9594 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9598 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9599 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9600 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9601 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9602 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9603 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9604 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9605 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9606 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9607 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9618 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9619 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9620 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9621 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9624 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9625 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9626 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9628 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9630 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9632 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9635 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9636 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9637 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9638 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9639 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9640 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9641 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9643 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9644 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9648 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9650 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9654 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9657 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9658 if (h
->forced_local
)
9660 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9662 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9663 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9664 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9665 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9669 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9670 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9672 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9673 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9674 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9675 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9676 the upper limit of global entries. */
9682 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9683 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9685 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9690 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9691 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9692 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9693 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9694 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9696 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9697 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9700 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9701 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9702 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9705 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9707 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9708 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9710 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9716 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9722 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9723 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9726 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9727 unsigned char *tdata
;
9730 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9735 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9737 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9738 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9741 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9745 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9753 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9754 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9756 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9758 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9767 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9768 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9774 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9775 free (cookie
->rels
);
9781 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9783 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9789 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9790 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9791 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
9793 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9796 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9799 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9803 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9804 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9806 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9808 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9811 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9814 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9815 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9819 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9820 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9822 struct mips_elf_find_line
9824 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9825 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9829 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9830 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9831 const char **filename_ptr
,
9832 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9833 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9837 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9838 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9842 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9843 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9844 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9845 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9848 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9852 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9853 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9854 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9856 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9857 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9858 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9859 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9860 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9861 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9863 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9866 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9869 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9870 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9872 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9875 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9879 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9881 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9885 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9886 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9887 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9888 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9890 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9893 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9894 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9895 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9896 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9897 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9898 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9899 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9901 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9903 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9904 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9905 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9906 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9907 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9908 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9911 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9912 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9915 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9919 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9922 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9924 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9925 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9930 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9931 const char **filename_ptr
,
9932 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9933 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9936 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9937 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9938 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9943 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9944 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9945 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9948 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9949 const void *location
,
9950 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9952 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9956 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9958 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9959 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9960 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9963 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9966 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9969 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9972 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9975 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9979 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9980 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9983 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9985 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9986 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9988 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9991 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9992 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9993 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9996 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9997 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
10000 if (reloc_size
< 0)
10003 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
10004 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
10007 /* read in the section */
10008 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
10009 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
10012 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
10016 if (reloc_count
< 0)
10019 if (reloc_count
> 0)
10024 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
10027 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
10028 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
10029 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
10030 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
10031 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
10035 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
10036 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10043 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10044 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10045 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10048 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10049 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10051 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
10053 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
10054 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
10056 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
10058 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
10067 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
10069 char *error_message
= NULL
;
10070 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
10072 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
10073 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
10074 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
10076 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
10077 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
10078 to the generic handling. */
10080 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
10081 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
10082 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
10083 input_section
, relocatable
,
10086 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
10088 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
10093 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
10095 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
10096 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
10100 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
10104 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10105 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
10106 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
10107 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
10110 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
10111 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
10112 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
10113 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10114 (*parent
)->address
)))
10117 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10118 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10120 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
10121 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
10122 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
10125 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10134 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
10135 free (reloc_vector
);
10139 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
10140 free (reloc_vector
);
10144 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
10146 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10147 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10149 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10150 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
10152 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10156 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
10157 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
10158 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10165 /* We no longer use this. */
10166 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10167 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10169 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10170 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10171 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10172 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10173 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10174 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10175 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10176 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10177 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10178 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10179 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10181 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10182 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10183 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10185 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10188 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10190 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10191 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10193 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10195 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10198 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10200 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10201 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10206 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10207 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10208 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10211 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10214 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10215 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10216 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10217 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10218 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10219 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10220 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10221 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10222 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10227 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10229 static const char * const secname
[] =
10231 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10232 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10234 static const int sc
[] =
10236 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10237 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10240 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10241 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10242 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10244 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10245 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10249 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10250 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10252 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10253 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10254 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10255 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10256 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10259 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10260 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10263 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10264 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10265 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10266 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10268 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10269 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10270 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10271 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10274 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10275 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10277 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10279 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10280 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10281 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10282 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10283 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10284 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10285 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10286 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10287 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10288 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10289 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10290 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10292 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10294 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10296 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10297 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10299 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10302 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10303 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10307 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10308 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10309 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10313 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10315 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10317 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10318 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10319 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10321 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10323 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10325 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10326 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10327 the information together. */
10328 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10330 asection
*input_section
;
10332 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10335 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10337 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10342 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10343 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10345 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10346 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10349 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10351 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10352 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10353 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10354 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10355 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10357 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10358 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10359 finally written out. */
10361 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10362 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10363 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10366 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10367 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10369 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10370 matters, but someday it might). */
10371 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10376 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10378 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10381 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10382 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10383 the information together. */
10384 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10385 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10386 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10387 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10388 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10389 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10390 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10391 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10392 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10393 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10394 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10395 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10396 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10398 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10400 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10401 debug_info structure. */
10403 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10404 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10405 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10406 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10407 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10409 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10410 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10411 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10412 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10414 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10415 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10419 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10423 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10424 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10425 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10426 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10428 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10430 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10431 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10434 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10435 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10438 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10439 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10440 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10444 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10446 asection
*input_section
;
10448 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10449 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10453 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10455 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10460 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10461 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10463 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10464 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10465 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10467 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10468 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10469 want to deal with it. */
10473 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10474 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10476 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10478 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10479 read in the debugging information and set up an
10480 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10481 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10485 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10486 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10487 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10490 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10491 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10492 the linker global hash table and save the information
10493 for the output external symbols. */
10494 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10495 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10496 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10497 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10499 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10500 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10504 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10506 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10507 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10508 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10509 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10512 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10513 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10514 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10515 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10520 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10521 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10522 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10528 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10529 free (input_debug
.line
);
10530 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10531 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10532 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10533 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10534 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10535 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10536 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10537 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10538 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10539 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10541 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10542 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10543 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10546 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10548 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10549 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10550 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10552 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10553 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10555 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10558 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10559 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10563 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10569 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10572 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10574 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10575 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10576 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10580 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10581 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10583 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10584 matters, but someday it might). */
10585 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10590 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
10592 const char *subname
;
10595 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10598 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10599 information describing how the small data area would
10600 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10601 not used in executables files. */
10602 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10604 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10606 asection
*input_section
;
10608 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10610 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10615 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10617 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10618 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10619 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10622 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10623 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10624 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10626 /* Really remove the section. */
10627 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10628 --abfd
->section_count
;
10633 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10634 uninitialized data. */
10635 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10636 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10637 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10641 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10642 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10643 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10648 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10649 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10650 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10651 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10652 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10653 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10654 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10656 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10657 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10659 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10660 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10661 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10664 /* Set up the first entry. */
10666 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10667 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10670 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10671 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10673 /* Combine the input sections. */
10674 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10676 asection
*input_section
;
10678 bfd_size_type size
;
10679 unsigned long last
;
10680 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10682 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10684 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10689 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10690 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10692 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10693 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10694 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10695 size
= input_section
->size
;
10697 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10699 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10701 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10702 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10708 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10709 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10710 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10716 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10718 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10719 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10722 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10724 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10725 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10727 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10733 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10736 /* We need a new table entry. */
10737 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10738 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10739 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10745 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10746 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10748 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10749 value, since that will be implied by this new
10752 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10754 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10756 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10757 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10761 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10762 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10767 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10770 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10771 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10772 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10775 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10777 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10779 /* Swap out the table. */
10780 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10781 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10782 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10788 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10789 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10792 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10793 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10795 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10796 matters, but someday it might). */
10797 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10801 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10802 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10805 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10807 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10809 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10811 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10812 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10816 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10818 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10819 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10821 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10824 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10827 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10829 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10830 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10831 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10835 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10837 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10838 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10839 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10843 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10845 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10846 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10848 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10849 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10850 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10858 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10860 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10861 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10865 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10866 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10868 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10869 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10870 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10871 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10873 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10874 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10876 /* R10000 extensions. */
10877 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10879 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10880 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10881 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10882 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10883 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10884 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10885 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10887 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10888 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10889 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10890 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10891 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10892 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10894 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10895 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10896 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10898 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10899 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10900 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10901 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10902 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10903 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10904 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10905 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10907 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10908 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10910 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10911 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10912 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10914 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10915 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10916 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10920 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10923 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10927 if (extension
== base
)
10930 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10931 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10934 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10935 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10938 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10939 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10941 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10942 if (extension
== base
)
10950 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10953 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10955 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10956 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10957 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10958 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10959 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10960 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10961 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10965 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
10966 there are conflicting attributes. */
10968 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10970 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
10971 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
10973 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
10975 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
10976 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
10978 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
10980 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
10985 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
10986 non-conflicting ones. */
10987 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
10988 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
10989 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
10991 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
10992 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
10993 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
10994 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
10996 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
> 3)
10998 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd
,
10999 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
11000 else if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
> 3)
11002 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd
,
11003 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
11005 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11008 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11012 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
11017 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11027 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11031 (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mdouble-float"),
11036 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11046 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
11051 (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
11065 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
11066 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
11071 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
11072 object file when linking. */
11075 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
11077 flagword old_flags
;
11078 flagword new_flags
;
11080 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
11083 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
11084 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
11086 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11087 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
11092 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11093 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11096 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
11098 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11099 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
11104 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
11107 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
11108 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11109 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
11111 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
11113 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
11114 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
11115 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11116 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
11118 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
11119 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
11120 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
11121 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
11123 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
11124 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
11131 /* Check flag compatibility. */
11133 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11134 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
11136 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
11137 doesn't seem to matter. */
11138 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
11139 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
11141 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
11142 just be able to ignore this. */
11143 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
11144 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
11146 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
11148 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
11149 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11150 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11152 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
11155 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
11156 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
11157 actually cause any incompatibility. */
11158 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
11160 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
11161 which are automatically generated by gas. */
11162 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
11163 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
11165 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
11166 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
11167 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
11169 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
11173 if (null_input_bfd
)
11178 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
11179 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
11181 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11182 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
11187 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
11188 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
11189 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
11190 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
11192 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11193 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
11195 /* Compare the ISAs. */
11196 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
11198 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11199 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
11203 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
11205 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
11206 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
11208 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
11209 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
11210 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
11211 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
11212 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11213 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
11214 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11216 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
11217 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
11218 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
11219 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
11220 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11221 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11225 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
11226 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11227 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11229 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
11230 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
11235 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11236 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
11238 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
11239 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
11240 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
11241 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11242 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
11244 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
11245 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11246 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11247 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
11249 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11250 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
11252 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
11253 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
11256 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11257 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
11260 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
11261 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
11263 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11265 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11266 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
11269 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
11270 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11272 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11273 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11274 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11275 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11288 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11291 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11293 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11294 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11296 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11297 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11302 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11306 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11308 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11309 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11311 /* xgettext:c-format */
11312 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11314 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11315 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11316 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11317 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11318 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11319 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11320 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11321 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11322 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11323 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11324 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11325 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11326 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11327 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11329 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11331 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11332 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
11333 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11334 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
11335 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11336 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
11337 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11338 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
11339 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11340 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
11341 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11342 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
11343 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11344 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
11345 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11346 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
11347 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11348 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
11350 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11352 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11353 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
11355 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11356 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
11358 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11359 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
11361 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11363 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
11364 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
11366 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
11367 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
11369 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
11370 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
11372 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
11373 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
11375 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
11376 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
11378 fputc ('\n', file
);
11383 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11385 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11386 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11387 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11388 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11389 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11390 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11391 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11394 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
11395 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
11396 definiton of the symbol. */
11398 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11399 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11400 bfd_boolean definition
,
11401 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11403 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
11405 unsigned char other
;
11407 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
11408 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11409 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
11413 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11414 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11417 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11418 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11420 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11422 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
11426 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11428 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
11429 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11430 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);